Merge branch 'master' into justplainjane47-tc-create-1

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ MRK	1	22	e9gf	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων α
 MRK	1	22	kmxf		ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1		Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue were amazed”
 MRK	1	23	w7z2	figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1		The person with the **unclean spirit** is in the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful in your langauge, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit was also in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	24	ra8g	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The demons ask the rhetorical question, **What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth** in order to tell let Jesus know that they do not want him to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them alone. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς?	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	1	24	qsig	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1		Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1–20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	28	hrbh	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		The phrase **went out everywhere** means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it throughout the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout all of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	29	ybs7	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ MRK	2	4	ouxr	translate-unknown	κράβαττον	1		A **mat** was a portable be
 MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	5	hzg6	translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ	1	Why does this man speak this way?	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	Why does this man speak this way?	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	Who is able to forgive sins except God alone?	The scribes used this question to say that since no one **is able to forgive sins except God alone**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	8	niy6	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	Here, **spirit** means Jesus’ inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	2	8	h3zp	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful in your language, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having become aware though no one told him” or “Jesus, without hearing them, knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	9	q905	figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	2	10	g4jn	figs-explicit	εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	10	jsyp	figs-123person	ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ MRK	2	22	fk15	figs-explicit	ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	The word **wineskins** re
 MRK	2	22	dgcz	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1		In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that clear. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	2	23	jya1	figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	picking the heads of grain	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	23	k3pa	figs-explicit	τοὺς στάχυας	1	the heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “the heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing and use it in your translation in place of the word **grain**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	24	h41a	figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν	1	Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths?	The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather, they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	24	h41a	figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?	1	Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths?	The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather, they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	24	ec3u	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν	1		The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	24	bf8w	figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Look	**Look** is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ MRK	3	1	ye6d	translate-unknown	ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖ
 MRK	3	2	vr25	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	The Pharisees wanted Jesus to heal the man so that they could **accuse him** of breaking the law by doing work on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	2	q35x	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You might also want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the Jewish day of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	3	3	nm6w	figs-explicit	ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	in our midst	Here, **in the midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed that people do good on the Sabbaths, but not do evil. Likewise it is allowed that a person save someone on the Sabbaths, but not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed that people do good on the Sabbaths, but not do evil. Likewise it is allowed that a person save someone on the Sabbaths, but not kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	3	4	vz6c	figs-ellipsis	ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to save a life, or to kill	The phrase **Is it lawful** is assumed here. If it would be helpful in your language, you may clarify and add it again to the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Is it lawful to save a life or to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	3	4	nut4	figs-metonymy	ψυχὴν	1	a life	The phrase **a life** refers to physical life and means “a person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	3	5	n4ep	figs-metaphor	τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		The phrase **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness that anyone would do anything on the Sabbath—whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. If your readers would not understand what it means to have **hardness of heart** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ MRK	3	28	gp6g	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπ
 MRK	3	29	ips3	figs-genericnoun	ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ	1		Here, **whoever** does not refer to anyone in particular but is a generic word for any person. Alternate translation: “but the person who has blasphemed” or “but whichever person might have blasphemed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	3	30	sfa2	figs-idiom	πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει	1	He has an unclean spirit	This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	3	31	gef8		καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Then his mother and his brothers come	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived”
-MRK	3	33	qe8c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who are my mother and my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved ones. He has not forgotten who his physical family members are, but these are people who belong to his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you whom I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you whom I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	3	33	qe8c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who are my mother and my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved ones. He has not forgotten who his physical family members are, but these are people who belong to his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you whom I consider to be my mother and brothers.” or “I will tell you whom I love as a mother or brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	3	33	iu9r	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1		Jesus uses the words **mother** and **brothers** here not to refer to biological relatives but to those whom he loves and who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 MRK	3	35	dr45	figs-genericnoun	ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever may do … this is	Here, **whoever** does not refer to any specific person but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	3	35	yr9i	figs-metaphor	οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	this is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who
 MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they may look, but may not see	Here, **but may not see** means being spiritually blind and not understanding the significance of what Jesus is doing. If your readers would not understand what it means to “not see” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “so that looking, they may not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	12	e33y	figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν	1		Mark is quoting Jesus, who is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
 MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so that they would not turn	Here, **turn** means to “repent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?	Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?	Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	14	m72p	figs-metaphor	ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	14	rp6h	figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Here, **the word** means the message which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sows the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sows the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	4	14	xdaj	figs-metaphor	ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Here, sowing **the word** means teaching Jesus’ words to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sower teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -277,18 +277,18 @@ MRK	4	28	cew8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶ
 MRK	4	29	ah9d	figs-metonymy	εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον	1	he immediately sends forth the sickle	Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	A **sickle** is a handle with a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, use a tool that is used to do this job in your culture.
 MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here, the phrase **the harvest has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	31	w4l5	figs-activepassive	ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it may have been sown	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its **branches** to grow **large**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	4	33	y7i2	writing-endofstory	καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1		This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 MRK	4	34	oo4t	figs-litotes	χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1		Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he was explaining everything	Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	38	phc3		Διδάσκαλε	1		**Teacher** is a respectful title. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 MRK	4	38	qtb3	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	4	39	yym6	figs-doublet	σιώπα, πεφίμωσο	1	Be silent! Be still!	These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted **the wind** and **the sea** to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν	1	Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	4	41	u8e1	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ	1	Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him?	The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν?	1	Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	41	u8e1	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him?	The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	5	intro	lh25			0		# Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 MRK	5	1	fix1	writing-newevent	καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Gerasenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	5	1	gt8a	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	They came	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ MRK	5	30	ma2b	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελ
 MRK	5	33	r3a0	figs-doublet	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα	1		Both the words **afraid** and **trembling** are similar words which are used to show that the woman was very fearful. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these two words into one expression. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	told him the whole truth	The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	5	34	gbk8	translate-kinship	θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus used the term **Daughter** to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is clear to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	The rhetorical question **Why trouble the teacher any longer** is a statement used to express that they should not bother Jesus anymore. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer!” or “There is no need to bother the teacher any longer!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	The rhetorical question **Why trouble the teacher any longer** is a statement used to express that they should not bother Jesus anymore. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer!” or “There is no need to bother the teacher any longer!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	5	35	vqt0	figs-infostructure	ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1		The statement **Your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε	1	Why are you upset and weeping?	Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?	1	Why are you upset and weeping?	Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	5	39	dzrk	figs-ellipsis	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1		The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	5	39	g83c	figs-explicit	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child has not died, but is sleeping	Jesus is using **is sleeping** to indicate that the death of child is only temporary. That is, although the child had died, Jesus intends to make her alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child will not remain dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ MRK	6	26	c1gn	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς σ
 MRK	6	34	j1td	figs-simile	ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	they were like sheep not having a shepherd	Jesus compares the people to **sheep**, which are confused and vulnerable when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused when they did not have someone to lead them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MRK	6	35	sei9	figs-idiom	ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης	1	And the hour already having become late	This phrase means it was the day was nearly ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “near the end of the day” or “toward evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	6	35	hz4h		ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος	1	This place is desolate	The phrase **This place is desolate** means that there were no people or very few people in that place. See how you translated the similar phrase in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
-MRK	6	37	cts5	figs-rquestion	ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1	Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat?	The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	6	37	cts5	figs-rquestion	ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν?	1	Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat?	The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	6	37	wowk	figs-hypo	ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we had 200 denarii. Even that amount of money would not be sufficient to buy enough food from the market to feed all of these people” or “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 MRK	6	37	hs21	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων διακοσίων	1	200 denarii	The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages for a laborer. Alternate translation: “200 days’ wages worth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	6	37	c65w	translate-numbers	δηναρίων διακοσίων	1	200 denarii	Alternate translation: “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ MRK	7	14	u3nk	figs-doublet	ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύν
 MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out from the man	By using the phrase **the {things} {that} come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	17	l7d7	writing-endofstory	καὶ ὅτε	1	And	Here, the phrase **And when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also thus without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also thus without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	7	18	yqve	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι	1		See the note in [7:15](../07/15.md) regarding the similar expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	19	y2cr	figs-metonymy	οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν	1	it does not go into his heart	Here, **heart** means a person’s inner being or mind. Here, Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	19	hm98	writing-background	καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα	1	making all foods clean	The phrase **making all foods clean** explains to the reader the significance of Jesus’ saying. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ MRK	8	10	x33a	translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	of Dalmanutha	The word **Da
 MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	Here, **heaven** refers to where God dwells and is an indirect way of referring to “God” himself. If your readers would not understand the use of the word **heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	having sighed deeply in his spirit	The phrase **sighed greatly in his spirit** means that Jesus groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated the word “sighed” in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
 MRK	8	12	s8xl	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	The phrase **in his spirit** means “within himself” or “to himself.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	8	12	g4lz	figs-rquestion	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?	1	Why does this generation seek for a sign?	Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	12	g4lz	figs-rquestion	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?	1	Why does this generation seek for a sign?	Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	12	l335	figs-synecdoche	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον	1	Why does this generation seek for	When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time and who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	8	12	a2x2	figs-activepassive	εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον	1	if a sign will be given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	8	12	q4wh	figs-idiom	εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον	1		The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation …** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -465,9 +465,9 @@ MRK	8	14	gtg6	grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβε
 MRK	8	15	bd2x	figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε	1	Keep watch! Be on guard	The warning phrases **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** both have very similar meanings and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	8	15	nszl	figs-extrainfo	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου	1		Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast is put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	8	16	zfw3	figs-hyperbole	ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	they have no bread	The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not enough for all of them. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	8	17	hnh6	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε	1	Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread?	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples. but rather. he is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I am speaking of actual bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	17	hnh6	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread?	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples. but rather. he is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I am speaking of actual bread!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	17	dmt2	figs-parallelism	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	The phrase **Do you not yet perceive** and the phrase **nor understand** have the same meaning. Jesus uses these phrases together here to emphasize the fact that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MRK	8	17	wf6j	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “By now, you should perceive and understand the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	17	wf6j	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “By now, you should perceive and understand the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	17	fn31	figs-metonymy	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	Here, the word **hearts** refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become resistant to understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	17	rq8c	figs-metaphor	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	8	17	mihv	figs-rquestion	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ MRK	8	18	u1gh	figs-rquestion	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέ
 MRK	8	18	qt58	figs-idiom	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε	1		The phrases **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are both idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	8	19	t7ig	translate-numbers	τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους	1	the 5,000	Alternate translation: “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	8	20	lip5	translate-numbers	τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους	1	the 4,000	Alternate translation: “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	8	21	kh42	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὔπω συνίετε?	1	How do you not yet understand?	Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	21	kh42	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὔπω συνίετε?	1	How do you not yet understand?	Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I have said and done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	22	c92c	figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	8	22	mj78	figs-explicit	ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν	1		Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	8	22	mul4	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Bethsaida	The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -498,10 +498,10 @@ MRK	8	34	m732	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν	1	to follo
 MRK	8	34	c6ll	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	35	d5rj	figs-genericnoun	ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	For whoever wants	By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	8	35	nn0a	figs-euphemism	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1		Here, **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-MRK	8	36	ua46	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul?	Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	36	ua46	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?	1	For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul?	Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	36	mxuj	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	8	36	jde6	figs-hyperbole	κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον	1	to gain the whole world	The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	8	37	wua4	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul?	Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	8	37	wua4	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul?	Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life!” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	38	c53y	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	in this adulterous and sinful generation	Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery and sinned against God” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	8	38	ov1d	figs-synecdoche	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1		See how you translated “this generation” in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	8	38	s5tm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ MRK	9	1	kg4x	figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανά
 MRK	9	1	qloy	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	1	ymou	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	1	yjf6	figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	the kingdom of God come with power	The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2–10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	by themselves, alone	Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	by themselves, alone	Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were **alone** and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	9	2	krt6	translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	2	b3bb	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ MRK	9	4	sh7s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας
 MRK	9	4	y9r3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	5	w6vs	writing-participants	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	answering, Peter says to Jesus	Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	**Shelters** are simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	These **shelters** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	5	ou1t	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	5	u7di	translate-names	Ἠλείᾳ	1		The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ MRK	9	11	s9zn	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1
 MRK	9	11	je29	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν	1		Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	11	wgsr	translate-names	Ἠλείαν	1		See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	12	o8hf	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	12	xazj	figs-explicit	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1		Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	12	toik	figs-activepassive	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	would be despised	If it would be more natural in your language, you could state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	The phrase
 MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	9	19	azc9	figs-abstractnouns	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	You unbelieving generation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	19	nbw0	figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1		Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history, and specifically, to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
-MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you!” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long must I be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	will I bear with you	Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
 MRK	9	19	nrya	figs-yousingular	φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -574,14 +574,14 @@ MRK	9	20	bw3l		πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	See how you translated the word **spir
 MRK	9	20	l4r5	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	20	vdj4	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1		In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	21	f5zm		καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	From childhood	Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
-MRK	9	22	f5yu	figs-infostructure	βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	having had compassion	In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+MRK	9	22	f5yu	figs-infostructure	βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	having had compassion	In the sentence **help us, having compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 MRK	9	22	fbup	figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	23	vh6c		εἰ δύνῃ	1	‘If you are able’?	The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more helpful in your language, you could express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say, ‘If you are able’”
 MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one believing	Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
 MRK	9	23	e5kk	figs-explicit	τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	24	h4y6	figs-explicit	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power, but rather, these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	24	wssi	figs-abstractnouns	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	9	25	qaw4	figs-explicit	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	The phrase **the crowd is running to them** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	25	qaw4	figs-explicit	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	The phrase **the crowd is running to {them}** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	25	b54j	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	9	25	ul8k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	25	zd5c	figs-go	ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ MRK	9	29	kh4w	figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ
 MRK	9	29	yrzf	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	29	l6ok	figs-abstractnouns	νηστείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	31	f4gm		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-MRK	9	31	vpj9	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	31	vpj9	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1		By calling himself **The Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being handed over** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will hand over the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	31	y5cw		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
 MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, **hands** means control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “once they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -614,10 +614,10 @@ MRK	9	35	um58	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1		If your language does not use o
 MRK	9	35	jqo3	figs-ellipsis	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	9	35	z9x2	figs-declarative	ἔσται…ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων…πάντων	1	of all … of all	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
-MRK	9	36	qqcu	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	36	qqcu	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **their** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
 MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	37	uik3	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1		The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	37	uik3	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1		The phrase **does not receive me but the one having sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who has sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	38	a3d3		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
@@ -628,14 +628,14 @@ MRK	9	39	h7ez	figs-abstractnouns	κακολογῆσαί	1		If your language doe
 MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
 MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-explicit	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another, and the example could refer to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	41	m0d8	figs-metonymy	ὀνόματι	1		See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	41	u325	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ὀνόματι	1		Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	41	bpz5	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1		Here, **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	9	41	u325	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ὀνόματι	1		Here, the phrase **in {the} name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	9	41	bpz5	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1		Here, **in {the} name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	9	41	wnb2	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	41	jjq5	figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	9	42	cj0l	figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1		The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	9	42	gef5	figs-hypo	καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ	1		Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-MRK	9	42	z6k5	translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	These **large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	42	z6k5	translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	A **large millstone** was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. It was so heavy that it required a donkey or an ox to turn it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	42	bx6c	figs-explicit	περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1		The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do, something sinful with your hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	43	ifcv	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν	1		When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand**, because Judaism taught against harming one’s body, and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14–23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -654,10 +654,10 @@ MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέεννα
 MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified, as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	may become unsalty	Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste”
-MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	with what will you season it?	By using the phrase **with what will you season it**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	By using the question **with what will you season it?**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	50	t76n		αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	will you season it	Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again”
 MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt**. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **salt** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	50	syc9	figs-rpronouns	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1		The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+MRK	9	50	syc9	figs-rpronouns	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1		The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “Make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	9	50	tind	figs-yousingular	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1		The command, **be at peace with one another**, is an instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7–8](../mrk/10/07.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. As Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage, he shows that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
 MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him, and they were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	having taken them i
 MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	17	d0iy		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	10	17	h45i	figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good?” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	10	18	gyod	figs-explicit	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	19	qs3e	figs-quotesinquotes	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
@@ -702,8 +702,8 @@ MRK	10	22	afu7	figs-synecdoche	τῷ λόγῳ	1		Although the term **word** is
 MRK	10	22	v58f		ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	one having many possessions	Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things”
 MRK	10	24	z9z1		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	but again answering, Jesus says to them	Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
 MRK	10	24	fh1q	figs-metaphor	τέκνα	1	Children, how	Here Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and he regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God	This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	10	25	t4y8	translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	the eye of a needle	This phrase, **the eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God	This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for a **rich** person **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	10	25	t4y8	translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	the eye of a needle	This phrase, **{the} eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	10	27	vfyb	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	10	28	hcv3	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	10	29	m1w3		ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	or lands	Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ MRK	10	30	sjhg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who may not recei
 MRK	10	30	heb4		ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ	1	in this time	Alternate translation: “in this present age”
 MRK	10	31	y2lu	figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1		Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj)
 MRK	10	31	ym7t	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	who are first will be last, and the last first	Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking behind Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking **behind** Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	32	k1nn	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	10	33	pv4w	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	10	33	qkq9	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1		When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -737,9 +737,9 @@ MRK	10	39	r3pm	writing-pronouns	οἱ…αὐτοῖς	1	We are able	Here, the p
 MRK	10	39	hc1g	figs-idiom	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε	1	you will drink	**The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	10	39	c15v	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** to mean something more. See how you translated Jesus’ symbolic use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	39	humc	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	10	40	pdc1	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those for whom it has been prepared	The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	40	pdc1	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those for whom it has been prepared	The word **{it}** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/20/23.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	10	41	ad19	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	When heard about this	The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	41	ad19	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	When heard about this	The word **{this}** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	41	i48d	figs-explicit	οἱ δέκα	1		Here, **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he”
 MRK	10	42	zfr3	figs-abstractnouns	κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ MRK	11	9	d8se	translate-transliterate	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	The word **Hosanna
 MRK	11	9	ye41	figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	those following	The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	9	suib		εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1		The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name”
 MRK	11	9	x1bz	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Blessed is the one who comes	Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	11	9	e2p6	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	Here, the phrase **in the name of** expresses authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	11	9	e2p6	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	Here, the phrase **in {the} name of** expresses authority. The phrase **in {the} name of {the} Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	11	10	kkfo	figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένη	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	10	a6b4		εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David”
 MRK	11	10	yuap	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1		Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ MRK	11	15	hoym		ἐκβάλλειν	1		Alternate translation: “to throw out”
 MRK	11	15	s4m2		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας	1	those selling and those buying	Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling”
 MRK	11	15	ve56	figs-synecdoche	ἱερῷ	1	General Information:	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	11	16	ohxg	figs-synecdoche	ἱεροῦ	1		See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	11	17	xrz2	figs-rquestion	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?	1	Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’?	**Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	11	17	xrz2	figs-rquestion	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?	1	Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’?	**Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	11	17	dxwe	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple would be a place of prayer for all nations, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	11	17	t9x9	figs-activepassive	οὐ γέγραπται	1		If your readers might not understand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	17	qeix	figs-metaphor	οἶκός μου	1		God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -828,11 +828,11 @@ MRK	11	17	qvxz	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς
 MRK	11	17	dpt1	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	But you have made it a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	18	k6dv		ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	they were seeking a way	Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that”
 MRK	11	19	h4hg		ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο	1	when evening came	Alternate translation: “in the evening”
-MRK	11	20	s8ki	figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	the fig tree had been withered from its roots	The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	11	20	s8ki	figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	the fig tree had been withered from its roots	The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from {the} roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	20	a83v	figs-activepassive	ἐξηραμμένην	1	had been withered	The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	21	jt3h	figs-activepassive	ἀναμνησθεὶς	1	having remembered, Peter	The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	21	na1k	figs-activepassive	ἐξήρανται	1		The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	11	22	ry5v	figs-yousingular	ἔχετε πίστιν	1	answering, Jesus says to them	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	11	22	ry5v	figs-yousingular	ἔχετε πίστιν	1	answering, Jesus says to them	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	11	22	x8k7	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	23	sy61		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	11	23	mred	figs-hyperbole	ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -895,12 +895,12 @@ MRK	12	7	m63e	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸ
 MRK	12	7	kefz		γεωργοὶ	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
 MRK	12	7	s5dc	figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	8	gx6l	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	having seized him	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-MRK	12	9	r4md	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do?	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	12	9	r4md	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do?	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	12	9	tlji		γεωργούς	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
 MRK	12	9	g4ce	translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	destroy	See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	12	9	mc5y	figs-explicit	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	will give the vineyard to others	The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	10	v6ta	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	General Information:	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MRK	12	10	xj9j	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε	1	And have you not read this scripture?	Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	12	10	xj9j	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε?	1	And have you not read this scripture?	Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture!” or “And you should remember this scripture!” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	12	10	mzr2	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1		This quotation from Psalm 118 is a metaphor. It speaks of the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. The Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, which is the most important stone in the building. This means that God will make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	10	kv7t	figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1		This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	10	l5ma	figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1		The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ MRK	12	14	dh3d	figs-synecdoche	λέγουσιν	1	they say	Mark could mean that
 MRK	12	14	xhl6		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	12	14	awv5	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	12	14	cp3x		οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion”
-MRK	12	14	xptc	figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” “Outward appearance” in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	12	14	xptc	figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	The phrase **not look at {the} face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” “Outward appearance” in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	12	14	qvpo	figs-metonymy	πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	14	brm3	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	12	14	yfnc	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -926,8 +926,8 @@ MRK	12	14	ap2q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπ’ ἀληθείας	1		If your language
 MRK	12	14	k0tw	figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1		The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	14	gtsk	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1		The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	15	g48w	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν	1	he, knowing their hypocrisy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	12	15	c7nj	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε	1	Why do you test me?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	12	15	wl34	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+MRK	12	15	c7nj	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε?	1	Why do you test me?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	12	15	wl34	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	A **denarius** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	12	16	ev6s		οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1	And they brought one	Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
 MRK	12	16	gi96	figs-explicit	Καίσαρος	1	they said to him, “Caesar’s.”	Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	17	fl4l	figs-metonymy	τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι	1	The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar	See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ MRK	12	18	edcn	writing-background	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστα
 MRK	12	18	y8yo	writing-participants	καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MRK	12	18	ss09	figs-distinguish	Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 MRK	12	18	rdl7	figs-explicit	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	who say there is no resurrection	The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	12	18	ax25	figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1		Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	12	18	ax25	figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1		Mark may be using the singular **saying** to mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	12	19	w3ev		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	12	19	e8x2	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die	These Sadducees are referring to the law that Moses wrote as if Moses had written directly to them. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	19	m8fh	figs-exclusive	ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	wrote to us	Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -957,9 +957,9 @@ MRK	12	21	l1ds	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third likewise	Jesus is us
 MRK	12	21	hx1q	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	12	22	wjq8	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἑπτὰ	1	the seven	The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	12	22	l3dg	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	the seven did not leave offspring	See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	12	23	w4wu		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife?	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
+MRK	12	23	w4wu		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife?	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a **resurrection**. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
 MRK	12	23	c4p5	figs-ellipsis	οἱ…ἑπτὰ	1		The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	12	24	zp2p	figs-rquestion	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	12	24	zp2p	figs-rquestion	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	12	24	sie3	figs-activepassive	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the Scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	12	24	i8il		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	Alternate translation: “how powerful God is”
 MRK	12	25	nvh6	writing-pronouns	ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	For when they may rise	Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when people rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ MRK	12	25	pi8l	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	the heavens	What foll
 MRK	12	26	mffe	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1		Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	26	z36n	figs-activepassive	τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται	1	that are raised	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	12	26	eod4	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως	1		Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	12	26	jc5a	figs-possession	τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως	1	the book of Moses	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+MRK	12	26	jc5a	figs-possession	τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως	1	the book of Moses	Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **the book** that **Moses** wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 MRK	12	26	w2lj	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου	1	the bush	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, the place at which Moses first encountered God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	26	y35v	figs-verbs	λέγων	1	how God spoke to him	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “and he called out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 MRK	12	26	re82	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ	1	I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -982,11 +982,11 @@ MRK	12	28	zqy4	writing-participants	καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέω
 MRK	12	28	b3yh	figs-metonymy	ἰδὼν	1		Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	28	q1u5	figs-metaphor	ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων	1	he asked him	Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	28	kftz	translate-ordinal	ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	12	29	ztyh	figs-metaphor	πρώτη	1		Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	29	ztyh	figs-metaphor	πρώτη	1		Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **{the} first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	29	euim	figs-ellipsis	πρώτη	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	12	29	n74y	figs-nominaladj	πρώτη	1	The first is	If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MRK	12	29	n74y	figs-nominaladj	πρώτη	1	The first is	If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **{the} first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	29	mq92	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραήλ	1	Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God addresses all of the people of Israel by the name of their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” or “descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	12	29	mmtb		Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1		The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s God for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only God they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
+MRK	12	29	mmtb		Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1		The phrase **{the} Lord our God, {the} Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s God for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only God they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
 MRK	12	30	thj7	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1		Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	12	30	xjng	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, the **heart** represents the desires and motives. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “zealously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ MRK	12	41	p2kp	figs-metonymy	τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφ
 MRK	12	41	w4xc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	12	41	jgkw	figs-nominaladj	πλούσιοι	1		Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. Alternate translation: “wealthy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	41	rl1l	figs-ellipsis	πολλά	1		Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	12	42	g6ry	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	two mites	The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+MRK	12	42	g6ry	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	two mites	The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	12	42	n29e	translate-bmoney	ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	are a quadrans	A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their own currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	12	43	ipl1	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 MRK	12	43	q124		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ MRK	12	44	p3as		τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	of her livelihood	Alternate tran
 MRK	13	intro	ti7d			0		# Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24–25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6–37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
 MRK	13	1	rrv1		Διδάσκαλε	1	General Information:	See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	13	1	ql81	figs-explicit	ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί	1	What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings	Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones with which the temple walls were built. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	2	rez6	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς	1	Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and to emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	13	2	rez6	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς?	1	Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and to emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	13	2	xdhj	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ	1	Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	3	izt8	writing-pronouns	καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας	1	And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter	Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were privately asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	3	u7ju		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	Alternate translation: “when they were alone with him” or “privately”
@@ -1073,9 +1073,9 @@ MRK	13	5	fe42	writing-pronouns	λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	The
 MRK	13	5	qekc	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	6	cee7	figs-quotesinquotes	πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MRK	13	6	pbz4	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς	1		Here both uses of the word **many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	13	6	pbz4	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς	1		Here both uses of the word **Many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	they will lead many astray	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	7	fl5h		πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away”
+MRK	13	7	fl5h		πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	The phrase **wars and rumors of wars** could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away”
 MRK	13	7	d1k9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	ydrb	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the
 MRK	13	9	nuti	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “beware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	9	c2cl	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1	But you, watch yourselves	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you, watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	13	9	ulws	figs-rpronouns	βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves, because he now transitions away from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-MRK	13	9	mbr5	writing-pronouns	παραδώσουσιν	1		The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	13	9	mbr5	writing-pronouns	παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1		The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	9	voih	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	9	zdp8	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be beaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	Here, **made to stand before** means to be put on trial and judged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1100,10 +1100,10 @@ MRK	13	9	y6p6	writing-pronouns	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a
 MRK	13	10	ruk9	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον	1	But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations	Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	13	10	sfjc	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that believers will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “believers to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	10	e6ad	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1		The term **nations** refers to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	handing you over	Here, **handing you over** means to deliver you to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	handing you over	Here, **handing {you} over** means to deliver you to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	11	m0xq	figs-activepassive	δοθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	11	nr2r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	13	11	q2o3	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1		The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	13	11	q2o3	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1		The phrase **for you are not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	11	a9b6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	but the Holy Spirit	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	12	toqp	figs-explicit	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me, they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	12	py9u	figs-explicit	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	brother will deliver brother to death	Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1118,15 +1118,15 @@ MRK	13	13	w8pz	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάν
 MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person, their name. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endured** represents having continued to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	13	vcz4		ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
+MRK	13	13	vcz4		ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	The phrase **to {the} end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
 MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-explicit	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	14	ck7a		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
+MRK	13	14	ck7a		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
 MRK	13	15	m1hq	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	on the housetop	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	16	y1e9	translate-unknown	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind	The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in {the} womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	17	bv9z	figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1		This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who provide their milk for their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **those days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	18	w47v	translate-versebridge	προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος	1	pray that	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving all of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
 MRK	13	18	w91r	translate-unknown	χειμῶνος	1	in winter	In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold, and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	19	zs4g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ MRK	13	26	h4z1	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς κα
 MRK	13	27	nsyo	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	13	27	a1z2	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	he will gather together	See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	13	27	vpb6	figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	the four winds	The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west; it means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	13	27	u1vp	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	from the end of the earth to the end of the sky	The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	13	27	u1vp	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	from the end of the earth to the end of the sky	The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from {the} end of {the} earth to {the} end of {the} sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	13	28	c99s	figs-parables	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν	1	Connecting Statement:	To teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember, Jesus now gives a brief illustration. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	13	28	ti6e		τῆς συκῆς	1		See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
 MRK	13	28	u8ha	figs-genericnoun	τῆς συκῆς	1	tender	Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1174,8 +1174,8 @@ MRK	13	29	q53b		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I
 MRK	13	29	w1k7		ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1		The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **he is near** could also be translated as “it is near.” If the phrase **these {things}** refers to the destruction of Jerusalem, then the translation “it is near” is the preferred choice. The phrase “it is near” then refers to the abomination of desolation and the other events related to Jerusalem’s destruction rather than to Christ’s second coming, which the translation **he is near** would indicate. Alternate translation: “it is almost here”
 MRK	13	29	aul8	writing-pronouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	29	ini9	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	13	29	iavl		γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις.	1		The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near** he is.
-MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the doors	The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near, ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is ready to enter” or “and waiting at the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	29	iavl		γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις.	1		The phrase **at {the} doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at {the} doors** explains how **near** he is.
+MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the doors	The phrase **at {the} doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near, ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is ready to enter” or “and waiting at the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	30	tg35		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	13	30	m7ux	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ	1		Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	30	h72r	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will certainly not pass away	Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1213,21 +1213,21 @@ MRK	14	3	bf84	translate-names	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon th
 MRK	14	3	hh81		λεπροῦ	1		See how you translated the term “leper” in [1:40](../1/40.md).
 MRK	14	3	sh4s	translate-unknown	κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	as he is reclining at table	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	nl8f	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1		The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	an alabaster jar	This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	μύρου…πολυτελοῦς	1	an alabaster jar	This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “of expensive oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	fqa9	translate-unknown	μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1	of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard	The **perfumed oil** was made from the roots of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of highly valued scented oil made from spikenard roots” or “containing costly perfumed oil distilled from the nard roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	rw4f	figs-possession	μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1		In this phrase, the second occurrence of the word **of** is used to describe **perfumed oil** that is “made from” **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “containing very precious perfumed oil of pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 MRK	14	3	yb3w		πολυτελοῦς	1		Alternate translation: “very precious”
-MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν	1	For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened?	These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfumed oil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν?	1	For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened?	These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfumed oil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	4	g9qw	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τί	1		Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	4	gjmg	translate-unknown	μύρου	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	5	xfzs	translate-unknown	τὸ μύρον	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	See how you translated the word **denarii** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	14	5	h62k	figs-nominaladj	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	5	k83q	figs-explicit	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	5	kmpd		καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ	1		Alternate translation: “And then they spoke harshly to her because of what she had done”
-MRK	14	6	r9wt	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε	1	Why are you troubling her?	With the statement **Why are you causing trouble for her**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	14	6	f4yj	figs-abstractnouns	ἔργον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	14	6	r9wt	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?	1	Why are you troubling her?	With the question **Why are you causing trouble for her?**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	6	f4yj	figs-abstractnouns	καλὸν ἔργον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	7	tc3j	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	9	vr3w		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	9	ysc5	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	wherever the gospel may be preached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ MRK	14	11	kzk1	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	But when they h
 MRK	14	11	m4il	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1		Mark is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives money its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay money to Judas for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	11	f7ek	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτει	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	11	jrym	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	14	12	vxax	figs-explicit	τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1		This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	12	vxax	figs-explicit	τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1		This was the **first day** of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	13	suny	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 MRK	14	13	cijy		καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1		Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a jug of water”
@@ -1251,12 +1251,12 @@ MRK	14	13	a7xg	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	bearing a pitc
 MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	14	14	yhtm		διδάσκαλος	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 MRK	14	14	imqg		τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ	1		Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house”
-MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	14	15	jlci	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1		In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **the Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	15	jlci	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον μέγα	1		In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	15	x3zk	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον	1	make the preparations for us there	The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one he has furnished and made ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	15	k4t7	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	14	16	sb35		ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples left	Alternate translation: “the two disciples departed”
-MRK	14	16	wkh9	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	16	wkh9	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **the Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he came with the Twelve	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly to where Jesus and his disciples came. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	17	t0q5	figs-go	ἔρχεται	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	14	17	bheu	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ MRK	14	19	layt	writing-pronouns	ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι	1		The prono
 MRK	14	19	v3a1	figs-idiom	εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι	1	Surely not I?	The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	14	20	n1tv	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	14	20	htn4	figs-explicit	ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	20	htn4	figs-explicit	ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	Part of the Passover meal involved **dipping** bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	21	cif4	figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	14	21	h35q		Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../2/10.md).
 MRK	14	21	q5l3	figs-euphemism	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him	Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1276,14 +1276,14 @@ MRK	14	21	b13q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does no
 MRK	14	21	f51n	figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	21	ct78	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed	You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	22	ne53	translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1		The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	22	ukuc	figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1		Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	22	oqv3	figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1		Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed it** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer of praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	22	ukuc	figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1		Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	22	oqv3	figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1		Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed {it}** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer of praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	22	ula2		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as the UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
-MRK	14	22	amg7	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1		The implication of the phrase **and gave it to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	22	amg7	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1		The implication of the phrase **and gave {it} to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	22	adb2	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Take this. This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my body**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
 MRK	14	23	u6rc	figs-synecdoche	λαβὼν ποτήριον	1	having taken a cup	Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	14	23	whqj		εὐχαριστήσας	1		Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
-MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the **blood** of the animals. Here Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	24	nj85	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1		The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	14	24	hs24	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my blood**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This wine represents my blood which establishes the covenant, and it is my blood which I will pour out for many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine”
 MRK	14	24	pt5q	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1		Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1311,9 +1311,9 @@ MRK	14	30	i4g3	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	the rooster
 MRK	14	31	z9le	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον	1	they all also were speaking in the same manner	The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	32	deg7	writing-pronouns	ἔρχονται	1	they come to a place	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	32	ni66	figs-go	ἔρχονται	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” or “they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	By using the phrase **my soul**, Jesus is speaking of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	By using the phrase **My soul**, Jesus is speaking of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	14	34	krj1	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχή μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is using the phrase **even to death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even to death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it is possible	Alternate translation: “if possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	35	gj74	figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, Jesus is referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming hours as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves, by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he knew he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ κα
 MRK	14	40	hayg	figs-activepassive	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” or “their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	41	x7qd	translate-ordinal	ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον	1	he comes the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he comes yet again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	14	41	jo0t	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to his three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	14	41	lw7w	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε	1	Are you still sleeping and resting?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke his disciples for falling asleep and resting. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	41	lw7w	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and resting?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke his disciples for falling asleep and resting. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	41	wxmq	figs-explicit	ἀπέχει	1		The phrase **It is enough** most likely refers to the apostles sleeping. They need to wake up and prepare for what is about tot happen. Alternate translation: “It is enough sleep” or “That is enough sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	41	ae53	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come	See how you translated the term **hour** in [13:11](../13/11.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “The time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	41	msb2	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word that communicates that the listeners should pay attention. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -1387,13 +1387,13 @@ MRK	14	58	v4ny	figs-extrainfo	ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκο
 MRK	14	59	atbz	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ μαρτυρία	1		See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	60	d7i8		καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
 MRK	14	61	p8b5	figs-doublet	ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν	1		The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	14	61	o27t	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One**, he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	61	o27t	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	Here, the title **the Blessed {One}** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed {One}**, he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	62	c212		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 MRK	14	62	yhhk	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	14	62	d5qm	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MRK	14	62	d5qm	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	To sit **at {the} right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at {the} right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	By using the phrase **of power**, Jesus is referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	63	jz48	translate-symaction	διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	having torn his garments	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων	1	What need do we still have of witnesses?	By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	What need do we still have of witnesses?	By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses?**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	64	zwf9	figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	You heard the blasphemy	This refers to what Jesus had said, which the high priest labelled as blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	64	fu4g	figs-abstractnouns	ἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου	1	they all	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and said he deserved to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	65	y1s4		ἤρξαντό τινες	1	certain ones began	Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there”
@@ -1411,13 +1411,13 @@ MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** to de
 MRK	14	72	trxc		τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1		Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
 MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν	1	having broken down	The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began.” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying”
 MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19). These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Golgotha<br><br>The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them with Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-explicit	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-explicit	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led {him} away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
 MRK	15	2	kn7i	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει	1		Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “responding to him, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	**You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	15	3	b9sj	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things”
-MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said”
+MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said?”
 MRK	15	5	way9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη	1	so that Pilate was amazed	Alternate translation: “But Jesus made no further reply”
 MRK	15	6	ul19	writing-background	κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	7	pdy3	writing-background	δὲ	1		The word **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Mark introduces more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1428,8 +1428,8 @@ MRK	15	8	a4xb	figs-go	ἀναβὰς	1	to request of him just as he usually did
 MRK	15	9	o3j4	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων	1		When translating the phrase **answered them, saying** see how you translated the similar phrase “answering him, says” in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	15	10	i4ib	writing-background	ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	Mark provides this background information about why Jesus was **handed over** in order to help readers understand why Pilate asked the question in [15:9](../15/09.md). Mark introduces the background information in this verse with the word **For**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	10	u647	figs-explicit	διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	The **chief priests** envied Jesus because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. If you decide to express this information explicitly, consider beginning a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus because so many people were becoming his disciples. Pilate knew that this was why they had handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they had handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	15	10	yjp3		παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “had delivered him over”
-MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	Mark speaks of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **high priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	15	10	yjp3		παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “had handed Jesus over”
+MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	Mark speaks of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **chief priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	15	11	pvu6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	he would release Barabbas to them instead	The phrase **so that** introduces what the **chief priests stirred up the crowd** to request of Pilate. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	15	12	keq2	figs-hendiadys	Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the similar statement in [15:9](../15/09.md). Alternate translation: “Pilate again responded to them, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	15	12	p94y		πάλιν	1		Mark uses the word **again** here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in [15:9](../15/09.md). Use a natural form in your language for expressing the meaning of **again** as it is used here.
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ MRK	15	19	muvw	translate-symaction	ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ	1		In this cultu
 MRK	15	19	a8a9	figs-irony	τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ	1	They knelt down	The acts of **bending the knee** and **bowing down** were things normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their actions. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they are doing these things to express mockery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Also see the discussion about this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “bending the knee, they were bowing down to him in order to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MRK	15	20	styv		πορφύραν	1		See how you translated the word **purple** in [15:17](../15/17.md).
 MRK	15	20	dp33		ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “then they led him out of the city” or “required Jesus to carry his cross and then led Jesus out of the city” or “made Jesus carry his cross and led Jesus out of the city”
-MRK	15	20	euk7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **lead out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+MRK	15	20	euk7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **led out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	15	21	cj4l		ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	they forced him to carry his cross	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
 MRK	15	21	s4j3		ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	from the country	Alternate translation: “from outside the city”
 MRK	15	21	rtz2	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου	1	Simon … Alexander … Rufus	The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ MRK	15	23	r0xy	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **b
 MRK	15	24	s5m6	translate-unknown	βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ	1		The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and the Roman soldiers gambled for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	15	24	mn6x	figs-ellipsis	τίς τί ἄρῃ	1		Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to decide who would take what” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	15	25	dzbr	writing-background	δὲ	1		Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information of the time of day when Jesus was crucified. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	15	25	q1ze	translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη	1	the third hour	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here the phrase **the third hour** refers to **the third hour** of the day, which was approximately three hours after sunrise. Here, **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third hour** as “nine o’clock in the morning”, as modeled by the UST, since this is what time the phrase **the third hour** is referring to. Alternately, you can express the meaning of the phrase **the third hour** in some other way that is natural in your culture. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MRK	15	25	q1ze	translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη	1	the third hour	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here the phrase **{the} third hour** refers to **{the} third hour** of the day, which was approximately three hours after sunrise. Here, **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **{the} third hour** as “nine o’clock in the morning”, as modeled by the UST, since this is what time the phrase **{the} third hour** is referring to. Alternately, you can express the meaning of the phrase **{the} third hour** in some other way that is natural in your culture. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	15	26	k1ku		ἐπιγραφὴ	1		Alternate translation: “notice”
 MRK	15	26	b84a		τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη	1	of the charge having been written against him	Alternate translation: “of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
 MRK	15	26	cbx4	figs-activepassive	ἐπιγεγραμμένη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1490,8 +1490,8 @@ MRK	15	32	q5qv	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ
 MRK	15	32	f8yw	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which they said that Jesus should **come down now from the cross**, which was in order that **they might see and might believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	15	32	r6c4	figs-explicit	πιστεύσωμεν	1	might believe	The phrase **might believe** means to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	32	dcb9	figs-activepassive	συνεσταυρωμένοι	1	were taunting	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “who the soldiers had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	15	33	q1gh	translate-ordinal	ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o’clock” or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o’clock.” Alternately, you can translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o’clock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	15	33	m67d	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1		The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MRK	15	33	q1gh	translate-ordinal	ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here, the phrase **{the} sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o’clock” or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **{the} sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **{the} sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o’clock.” Alternately, you can translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o’clock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MRK	15	33	m67d	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1		The phrase **{the} ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **{the} ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase “{the} sixth hour” earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	15	33	jvf0	figs-go	ἐγένετο	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	15	34	r6tj	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	at the ninth hour	See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	15	34	azt0	figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ MRK	15	35	apg3	figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων,
 MRK	15	35	awtf	translate-names	Ἠλείαν	1		See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	36	pj44	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	37	xkpk	figs-idiom	ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην	1		See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	15	37	puak	figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1		Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed his last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+MRK	15	37	puak	figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1		Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed {his} last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	15	38	sk3r	translate-symaction	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1		See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	15	38	t71k	figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1		Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	38	ni8j	figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in two	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ MRK	15	41	j15z	writing-background	αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαί
 MRK	15	41	a3qk	figs-go	αἱ συναναβᾶσαι	1	who had come up with him to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “gone up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had gone up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	15	42	ekbl	translate-versebridge	ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1		If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42–43, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
 MRK	15	42	lxm5	writing-background	ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	Connecting Statement:	Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22–23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and because the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	15	42	ug97	figs-explicit	παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	when evening had already come	The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation, on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	15	42	ug97	figs-explicit	παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	when evening had already come	The phrase **{the} Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation, on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	43	xn8t	writing-participants	ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate	Mark places the phrase **having come** after he gives the background information about Joseph in order to provide emphasis and to help introduce Joseph to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MRK	15	43	wgz8	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph who was from Arimathea	The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	43	u7ll	writing-background	εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God	Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ LUK	front	intro	uk55			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke<br><br>## Part 1:
 LUK	1	intro	f1b5			0		# Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
 LUK	1	1	qhd9	figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	1	hyp6	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	among us	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	2	z9dq	figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	2	l000	figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	3	fud1	writing-background	παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς	1	having carefully investigated everything from the beginning	Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	3	l001	figs-youformal	σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	you … most excellent Theophilus	If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
-LUK	1	3	nr63		κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	most excellent Theophilus	Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
+LUK	1	3	nr63		κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	most excellent Theophilus	Luke is dedicating this work to **Theophilus**, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
 LUK	1	3	vhj8		κράτιστε	1	most excellent	Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
-LUK	1	3	h7q1	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	1	3	h7q1	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	The name **Theophilus** means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	4	l002	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	4	l003	figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	5	gb16	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In the days of Herod, king of Judea	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	5	l004	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In the days of	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	5	l005	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	1	5	l005	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod	**Herod** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	5	l006	translate-names	Ἰουδαίας	1	Judea	**Judea** is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	5	l007	translate-names	Ζαχαρίας	1	Zechariah	**Zechariah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ LUK	1	8	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	i
 LUK	1	8	wed9	writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in the order of his division	This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	9	vq5g	writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	9	pa9c	translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	came up by lot	A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	1	9	l013	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense	ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	9	l013	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense	The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	9	ph9z	translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	to burn incense	The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	10	bjl6	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the whole crowd of the people	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	1	10	ntl8	figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	outside	This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	10	uwu7	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	at the hour of the incense offering	The word **hour** means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	11	b8b7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Then	This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+LUK	1	11	b8b7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Then	The word **Then** indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 LUK	1	11	c8ss	figs-idiom	ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	12	r3aa	figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	1	12	r3aa	figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him	The two phrases **Zechariah was troubled** and **fear fell on him** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	12	d1zm	figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	when he saw him	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	12	l014	figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke is using the expression **fell upon** to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	12	sfb1	figs-personification	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ LUK	1	13	l017	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωά
 LUK	1	13	l018	translate-names	Ἰωάννην	1	John	**John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	14	n654	figs-doublet	ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις	1	there will be joy and gladness to you	The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	1	14	q1p8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ	1	at his birth	The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	1	15	td57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	For he will be great	The word **for** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	1	15	sz79	figs-metaphor	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	For he will be great before the Lord	This expression means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	15	td57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	For he will be great	The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	15	sz79	figs-metaphor	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	For he will be great before the Lord	The expression **before the Lord** means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	15	abc2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ πίῃ	1	he must never drink	The phrase **must never** translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	1	15	hgb9	figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	15	l019	figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	15	l019	figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the **Holy Spirit** would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	15	ie95		ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	even from his mother’s womb	Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
 LUK	1	16	x36x	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον	1	he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord	To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	16	l020	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ	1	many of the sons of Israel	Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ LUK	1	17	l025	figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαί
 LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	1	17	ujs1	figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	a people prepared	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	18	asn2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	How will I know this	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	18	l026	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	18	l026	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	The word **For** introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	18	l027	figs-idiom	προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς	1	my wife is advanced in her days	Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	19	l028	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	answering the angel said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	1	19	p3jn	figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I am Gabriel, the one standing before God	Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+LUK	1	19	p3jn	figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I am Gabriel, the one standing before God	**Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	1	19	l029	translate-names	Γαβριὴλ	1	Gabriel	**Gabriel** is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	19	yp6z	figs-metaphor	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the one standing before God	To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	19	pd7h	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	I was sent to speak to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ LUK	1	20	g5t1	figs-doublet	σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλ
 LUK	1	20	q6y3	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου	1	you did not believe my words	Gabriel uses the term **words** to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	20	l031	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	which will be fulfilled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	20	hgu3	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν	1	in their time	This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	21	e14e	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	And	This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+LUK	1	21	e14e	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 LUK	1	22	h6vt	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός	1	they concluded that he had seen a vision in the temple; and he was making signs to them, and remained unable to speak	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	22	r2ak	figs-explicit	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	they perceived that he had seen a vision	Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	23	duy9	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -100,19 +100,19 @@ LUK	1	24	l034	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	This word indicates th
 LUK	1	24	cda2	figs-idiom	μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	after these days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	24	kpw1	figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	she hid herself for five months	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	25	w8yq	figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the **Lord** has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	26	l036	translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee	**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	26	l037	translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth	**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	27	l039	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph	**Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	27	tzh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	27	l040	writing-background	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	1	27	w9tm	writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	the name of the virgin was Mary	This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	27	w9tm	writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	the name of the virgin was Mary	This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	27	l041	translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	Mary	**Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	28	i7h4	figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	Rejoice	This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	28	bp2n		κεχαριτωμένη	1	favored one	Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
@@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ LUK	1	31	l044	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	As in [1:20](../01/2
 LUK	1	31	fi5q	figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	you will conceive in your womb and bear a son	The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	1	31	l045	figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	you will call his name Jesus	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	1	31	l046	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	call his name Jesus	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	31	l047	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν	1	Jesus	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	1	31	l047	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν	1	Jesus	**Jesus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	32	l048	figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	32	hl55	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	1	32	hl55	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of {the} Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	1	32	ip26	figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	32	z74z	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	32	z74z	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “{the} Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	32	lwd9	figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	32	l049	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	33	l050	figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -144,38 +144,38 @@ LUK	1	34	fqt7	figs-euphemism	ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω	1	I have not known
 LUK	1	35	l055	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	answering the angel said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	1	35	l056	figs-parallelism	Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you	These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	35	x53s	figs-metaphor	δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	the power of the Most High will overshadow you	It was the **power** of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	35	l057	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	35	l057	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated the expression **{the} Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	35	l058	figs-idiom	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	35	k866	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	1	35	k866	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **Therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	1	35	vrz6	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	35	l059	figs-parallelism	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	1	36	lx9k	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	36	lx9k	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	36	f88l		καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς	1	she also has conceived a son in her old age	Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
 LUK	1	36	hck2	figs-idiom	οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ	1	this is the sixth month for her	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	36	l060	figs-idiom	τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ	1	who was called barren	This is a further use of the idiom also found in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	37	v42f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	37	v42f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	37	g7yt	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	1	37	l061	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	Here, the term **word** could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	38	tef1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Here, **behold** means more literally “look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	38	tef1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Here, **Behold** means more literally “Look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	38	kw3g	figs-metaphor	ἡ δούλη Κυρίου	1	the female servant of the Lord	By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	38	b9ax		γένοιτό μοι	1	May it happen to me	Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternate translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
 LUK	1	38	l062	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Here, the term **word** describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	39	ka5b	writing-newevent	δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Then … in those days	This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	1	39	ka5b	writing-newevent	ἀναστᾶσα δὲ Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Then … in those days	This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time, Mary arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	39	l063	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	39	wj5i	figs-idiom	ἀναστᾶσα	1	arose	This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	39	sii5	figs-explicit	τὴν ὀρινὴν	1	the hill country	This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	39	sii5	figs-explicit	τὴν ὀρινὴν	1	the hill country	The **hill country** was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	40	ee51	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς	1	entered into	The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	41	bx82	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	41	v99g	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	in her womb	The pronoun **her** refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	1	41	ya5v	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν	1	leaped	Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby **leaped**, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	41	l064	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	41	l065	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	41	l065	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if **Elizabeth** was a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	42	r4ka	figs-hendiadys	ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν	1	she exclaimed in a loud voice and said	The expression **exclaimed … and said** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exclaimed** indicates that what was **said** was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	1	42	f69c	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	42	f69c	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her **voice**. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	42	t5e8	figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	among women	The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	42	bnl2	figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	the fruit of your womb	Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	42	bnl2	figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	the fruit of your womb	Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the **fruit** that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	43	k63f	figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ?	1	And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me?	Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	1	43	l066	figs-idiom	πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	whence is this to me	The expression **whence is this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	43	l066	figs-idiom	πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	whence is this to me	The expression **whence {is} this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	43	tiu4	figs-123person	ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	the mother of my Lord	Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 LUK	1	44	uq3j	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	44	h54t	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears	Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ LUK	1	46	vxj4	figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul m
 LUK	1	47	jp51	figs-synecdoche	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	and my spirit has rejoiced	The word **spirit** also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	47	l067	figs-parallelism	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	and my spirit has rejoiced	This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	47	hgz7	figs-idiom	ἠγαλλίασεν	1	has rejoiced	Mary is speaking as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	48	zhr5	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	This word introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	48	zhr5	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The word **For** introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	48	k3fv	figs-idiom	ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ	1	looked upon	As in [1:25](../01/25.md), **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	48	tg6y	figs-metonymy	τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ	1	the low condition of his female servant	Mary is speaking of her **low condition** to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	48	gsy2	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -195,26 +195,26 @@ LUK	1	48	l37l	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί	1	all generations	Mar
 LUK	1	49	xng2	figs-metonymy	ὁ δυνατός	1	the Mighty One	Here, Mary is describing God by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
 LUK	1	49	ze9y	figs-metonymy	ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	his name is holy	Mary is using the term **name** to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	50	ijs2	figs-idiom	εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς	1	is unto generation and generation	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	50	l068	figs-idiom	τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν	1	those who fear him	In this context, to **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	50	l068	figs-idiom	τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν	1	those who fear him	In this context, **fearing** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	51	pb8u	figs-metonymy	ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ	1	He has done mighty deeds with his arm	Mary is using the term **arm** to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	51	s51c	figs-metaphor	διεσκόρπισεν	1	he has scattered	The word **scattered** describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	51	nt8x	figs-metaphor	ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	those who are proud in the thoughts of their hearts	The term **hearts** represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	52	ty2j	figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	He has thrown down rulers from their thrones	A **throne** is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	52	l069	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	1	52	ty2j	figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	He has thrown down rulers from their thrones	A “throne” is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If rulers are brought down from their **thrones**, that means they no longer have the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	52	l069	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	The word **and** indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	1	52	ee3q	figs-metaphor	ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς	1	he has raised up the lowly	In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	52	yuu2	figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	the lowly	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	1	53	z2he	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	but	This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	1	53	z2he	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	but	The word **but** once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	1	54	d8g6	translate-versebridge		0		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	1	54	l070	figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel	Mary is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	54	g5u1	figs-metaphor	παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	his servant	The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	54	hyt3	figs-idiom	μνησθῆναι ἐλέους	1	to remember his mercy	In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	54	hyt3	figs-idiom	μνησθῆναι ἐλέους	1	to remember his mercy	In this context, the phrase **to remember {his} mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	55	qc9k	figs-metaphor	καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	as he spoke to our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	55	l071	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1	Abraham	**Abraham** is the name of a man. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	55	by4a	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1	to his seed	The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	55	l072	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	to the age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	56	l073	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	1	56	l073	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	1	56	nt87	writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house	The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	1	57	hfk3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	1	57	hfk3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	1	57	l074	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	the time was fulfilled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	57	dd2i		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
 LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ LUK	1	63	qu93	translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	a writing tablet	This was
 LUK	1	64	sdg1	figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	64	l080	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	65	l081	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	1	65	qw1j	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes fear as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	1	65	l081	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	1	65	qw1j	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes **fear** as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	65	l082	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	65	l083	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	65	g7uh	figs-hyperbole	πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country	Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ LUK	1	66	l6lt	figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶ
 LUK	1	66	dgq4	figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	What then will this child become?	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	1	66	xm9c	figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the hand of the Lord was with him	In this expression, the **hand** represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if Zechariah were a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	67	fs5y	writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	prophesied, saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 LUK	1	68	l085	figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	68	jx5n	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ LUK	1	68	d67v	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	he
 LUK	1	69	l086	figs-metaphor	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	69	g11u	figs-metonymy	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	69	fb9f	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David’s **house** represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	69	l087	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	The implication is that as a descendant of David, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	69	l088	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David was not actually a servant, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	69	l087	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	The implication is that as a descendant of **David**, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	69	l088	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David was not actually a **servant**, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	70	x1q1	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets	God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	70	l089	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	from an age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	71	d13g	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν	1	salvation from our enemies	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -275,25 +275,25 @@ LUK	1	75	tn5i	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	This is an id
 LUK	1	75	l093	figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	all our days	Here Zechariah uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression **{the} Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	de7t	figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	you will go before the Lord	As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	l095	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	to prepare his paths	Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	77	l096	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through the forgiveness of their sins	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **salvation** and **forgiveness** with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	1	77	t6d3	figs-metonymy	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people	The phrase **to give … knowledge** is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	78	z861	figs-metaphor	ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους	1	the sunrise from heaven	Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	78	l097	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Zechariah uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	78	l097	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Zechariah uses the term **on high** to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	78	l098	figs-idiom	ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς	1	will visit us	As in [1:68](../01/68.md), **visit** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	79	sh2q	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς…καθημένοις	1	to shine on those who are sitting	As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	79	l099	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	To **sit** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	79	l099	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	Here **sitting** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	79	k46q	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	The **shadow of death** is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	79	l100	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	Since light represents truth, **darkness** represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	79	cnh7	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	1	79	s3eb	figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **the path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	79	s3eb	figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **a path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	79	l101	figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the term **feet** to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	1	80	q2ax	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	1	80	q2ax	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	And	The word **And** introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
-LUK	1	80	eh9j	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	he was in the wilderness	This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	80	eh9j	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	he was in the wilderness	This expression means implicitly that John went to live **in the wilderness**. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	80	qu12		ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	until the day of his public appearance	The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
 LUK	1	80	ie4l	figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	the day of his public appearance	Here, Luke uses the term **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	80	l102	figs-personification	πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	to Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ LUK	2	1	m39d	figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	the world	The term **
 LUK	2	2	q9zw	translate-names	Κυρηνίου	1	Quirinius	**Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	2	l105	translate-names	Συρίας	1	Syria	**Syria** is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	3	s4im	writing-background	ἐπορεύοντο πάντες	1	everyone was traveling	Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	2	3	h5e2	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν	1	to his own city	The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	3	h5e2	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν	1	to his own city	The phrase **{his} own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	3	d64g	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι	1	to register himself	Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	4	l106	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	2	4	l106	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	2	4	l107	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη	1	went up	Luke says **went up** because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	2	4	kz78	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem	Bethlehem was known as **the city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	4	kz78	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem	Bethlehem was known as **{the} city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	4	l108	figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	which is called Bethlehem	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	4	l109	figs-hendiadys	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, **house** and **family line**, connected with **and.** The term **family line** indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	4	s7a7	figs-metaphor	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	As in [1:27](../01/27.md), the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -329,8 +329,8 @@ LUK	2	7	l113	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν
 LUK	2	7	qq48	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him in strips of cloth	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	7	s97r	translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ	1	laid him in a manger	A **manger** was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	7	yj6j	figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	there was no room for them in the inn	There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	7	l114	translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	because there was no room for them in the inn	**The inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	2	8	l115	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	2	7	l114	translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	because there was no room for them in the inn	The word **inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	2	8	l115	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **And** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	2	8	l116	writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	there were shepherds in that area	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	9	x1y4		ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	an angel of the Lord	Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
 LUK	2	9	u2di		ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	stood before them	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could be: (1) a **sign** that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a **sign** to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	xx57	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	wrapped in strips of cloth	See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	bua3	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	lying in a manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	13	b54a	figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	a multitude of the heavenly army	This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	13	e2gp	figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	praising God and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
+LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in {the} highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
 LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
 LUK	2	14	l121	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ LUK	2	16	rdi2	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	lying
 LUK	2	17	n2qz	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	the message that had been told to them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	18	vh9d	figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	19	reb7	figs-metaphor	συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	pondering them in her heart	In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	20	nqv7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	the shepherds returned	This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	20	nqv7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	the shepherds returned	This means that they **returned** to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	20	c9x5	figs-doublet	δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν	1	glorifying and praising God	The terms **glorifying** and **praising** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	2	20	l123	figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	just as it had been spoken to them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	21	b2k2	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν	1	when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him	The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in [1:59](../01/59.md), the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ LUK	2	22	l128	figs-idiom	ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλ
 LUK	2	22	lr25	figs-explicit	παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	to present him to the Lord	Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	23	vlb3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	just as it is written in the law of the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	23	l129	figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	23	lnn1	figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	Every male who opens the womb	To **open the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	2	23	lnn1	figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	Every male who opens the womb	The phrase **opens the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	23	l130	figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	23	l131	figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	2	24	ni3s	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	what is said in the law of the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -388,22 +388,22 @@ LUK	2	25	n263	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος κα
 LUK	2	25	l134	figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	waiting for	This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	25	l135	figs-metonymy	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring **consolation**, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	25	l136	figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	25	m5au	figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	of Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	2	25	m5au	figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	of Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	2	25	xxw9	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Holy Spirit was upon him	The word **upon** creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	26	l137	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	2	26	l137	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	2	26	psf8	figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	26	l138	figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	26	e6vu	figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	2	27	k53l	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he came in the Spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	27	uqr6	figs-go	ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	he came … into the temple	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 LUK	2	27	y8la	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	into the temple	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	2	27	wt3r	writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	the parents	This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	2	27	wt3r	writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	the parents	This means the **parents** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	27	h444	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him	The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	28	l139	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	2	28	l139	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	2	28	y5g6	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	he took him into his arms	If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	2	29	l140	figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	You are now dismissing your servant in peace	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK	2	29	m6eg	figs-123person	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	2	29	g3wn	figs-euphemism	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+LUK	2	29	m6eg	figs-123person	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	2	29	g3wn	figs-euphemism	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	2	29	l141	figs-youformal	σου…σου	1	your … your	Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
 LUK	2	29	e8fk	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	30	b7i6	figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	my eyes have seen	Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ LUK	2	31	zv1j	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	which you have prepared
 LUK	2	31	l142	figs-metaphor	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The term **face** represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	31	l143	figs-explicit	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	32	n4k3	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical **light** that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	32	s5lu	figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	32	s5lu	figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the **Gentiles** to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	33	l144	translate-textvariants	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ	1	his father and mother	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	2	33	pp9f	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	what was said about him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	34	xly1		εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ	1	said to Mary, his mother	In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
-LUK	2	34	p2cy	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Simeon uses this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	2	34	p2cy	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Simeon uses the word **Behold** to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	34	rs67	figs-metonymy	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel	The word **downfall** represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression **rising up** represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	34	l145	figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	this one is appointed for	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	34	abc4	figs-personification	πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	many in Israel	Simeon refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -440,17 +440,17 @@ LUK	2	37	l155	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	night and day	Luke
 LUK	2	38	c9e4		ἐπιστᾶσα	1	coming up	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
 LUK	2	38	l156	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ	1	at that very hour	Here, Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	38	l157	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς	1	to all those	The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	2	38	l158	figs-idiom	τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	who were waiting	See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	2	38	l158	figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	who were waiting	See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “all who were eagerly anticipating” or “everyone who was looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	38	q1ak	figs-metonymy	λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	the redemption of Jerusalem	Luke is using the word **redemption** to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	38	l159	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem	Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	39	pk9z		πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου	1	everything that was according to the law of the Lord	Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
-LUK	2	39	g5vg	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	to their own town of Nazareth	This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	39	g5vg	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	to their own town of Nazareth	This expression means that they lived in **Nazareth**. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	40	l160	figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	was strengthened	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	40	qm1q	figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	being filled with wisdom	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	40	xr2p	figs-metaphor	χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	the grace of God was upon him	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	41	h6fr	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	2	41	h6fr	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	2	41	q3f4	writing-pronouns	οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ	1	his parents	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	2	42	l161	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	2	42	l161	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	2	42	f7e7	figs-idiom	ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	they went up	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **up** to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	42	d52y		κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	according to the custom of the feast	Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
 LUK	2	42	g8aa	figs-explicit	τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	the feast	Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a **feast** because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -467,13 +467,13 @@ LUK	2	47	y1i2	figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκο
 LUK	2	47	pgu4	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	at his understanding and his answers	Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **understanding** may tell what characterized Jesus’ **answers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	48	llk9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν	1	And when they saw him	Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	2	48	f1ry	figs-rquestion	τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως?	1	why have you treated us thus?	Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	2	48	w361	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Mary uses **behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	2	48	w361	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Mary uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	48	l164	figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε	1	your father and I have been tormented searching for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form **have been tormented** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	49	l165	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	2	49	l165	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	2	49	r8eh	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Why is it that you were searching for me?	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	2	49	va82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father?	Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
-LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real **Father**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	2	50	l166	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	the word that he spoke to them	The term **word** refers to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	51	h2i9	figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he went down with them	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	51	zl2q	figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	he was subjected to them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -488,10 +488,10 @@ LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	**Tiberius** is the nam
 LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	uv8h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene	These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	l171	translate-unknown	τετραρχοῦντος	1	tetrarch	In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	3	2	d3m8	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	2	d3m8	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding **Annas**. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law **Caiaphas** high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	2	dg8p	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of God came	Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	3	2	l172	figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of God came	The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	3	3	l173	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	3	3	l173	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	3	3	l174	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	**Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	3	w2pu	figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	4	zf6m	figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -511,22 +511,22 @@ LUK	3	6	du1b	figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ
 LUK	3	6	l181	figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	6	l182	figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	7	sxn9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	7	b724	figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	The expression **offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	3	7	b724	figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	7	l183	translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	7	mcq5	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	3	7	g7tw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	from the coming wrath	John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l184	figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	worthy of repentance	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	3	8	l185	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’	**We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	3	8	l185	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’	**We have Abraham as {our} father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	8	l186	figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l187	figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	3	8	l188	figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	pft3	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	8	gbp2	figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l189	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	children for Abraham	Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	8	pi82		ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	from these stones	John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
+LUK	3	8	pi82		ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	from these stones	John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
 LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	9	l191	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	10	ak6i	figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες	1	kept asking him, saying	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -539,24 +539,24 @@ LUK	3	13	m136	figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑ
 LUK	3	14	w2d8	figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	And us, what should we do?	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	3	14	l3mz	figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	do not accuse falsely	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	14	bvy5	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	and be contented with your wages	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	14	l193	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	4	and	This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	3	14	l193	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	4	and	The word **and** introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	3	15	pgp3	grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	3	15	l194	figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	15	czb7	figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	wondering in their hearts	Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	15	czb7	figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	wondering in their hearts	Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	16	fn1u	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying to them all	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	16	l195	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying	Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	3	16	wj3h		ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	I … baptize you with water	Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
-LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	16	wj3h		ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	I … baptize you with water	Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
+LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	jzm4	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	l196	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	17	b1ap	translate-unknown	πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	17	gf8n	translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	3	17	gt3q	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	and to gather the wheat into his storehouse	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+LUK	3	17	gt3q	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	and to gather the wheat into his storehouse	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **wheat** is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **chaff** is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	3	18	tyj9		πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	also exhorting many other things	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
-LUK	3	19	l197	writing-background	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the term **but** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	3	19	l197	writing-background	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the term **But** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	3	19	jj3q	translate-unknown	ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	19	l198	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	19	cu4v	figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -568,8 +568,8 @@ LUK	3	21	l200	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	all the people	Th
 LUK	3	21	nw1s	figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	Jesus also was baptized	You could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	the heavens were opened	You could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	22	q2yh	figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	a voice came from heaven	Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -634,15 +634,15 @@ LUK	4	12	cf6c	figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	It is said	If it would be hel
 LUK	4	12	gf8h	figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	You will not put the Lord your God to the test	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	4	13	nc2c	figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν	1	when he had finished every temptation	This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	13	qqd7	figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	until an opportune time	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	14	yfc3	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	4	14	yfc3	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	14	ht5k	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	in the power of the Spirit	This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	14	dhj7	figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	14	hah9		καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	throughout the entire surrounding region	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
 LUK	4	15	ik8g	figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	being praised by all	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	4	16	l214	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	4	16	l214	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	4	16	ulb1	figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	where he had been raised	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	16	g4sv		κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ	1	according to his custom	Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
-LUK	4	17	l215	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	4	17	l215	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	4	17	i9hn	figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	17	l216	figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	17	x52a	translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah	A **scroll** was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that **Isaiah** had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a **scroll** is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ LUK	4	27	l226	figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθ
 LUK	4	27	l227	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	4	27	l229	figs-explicit	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	27	mbs2	translate-names	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	**Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	4	28	l230	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	4	28	l230	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	4	28	ca1k	figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	28	l231	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	28	l232	figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	Luke speaks of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -691,12 +691,12 @@ LUK	4	29	l233	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλι
 LUK	4	29	l234	figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	so as to throw him off	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	30	k7dg		διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν	1	passing through the midst of them	Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
 LUK	4	30	m45c		ἐπορεύετο	1	he went on his way	Alternate translation: “he left that place”
-LUK	4	31	ynf3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	4	31	ynf3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	4	31	ib1l	figs-idiom	κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	he went down to Capernaum	Here, Luke uses the phrase **went down** because **Capernaum** is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	31	ky4y	figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Capernaum, a city in Galilee	Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	32	qk28	figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	they were astonished at his teaching	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	32	j4ee	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	his word was with authority	Luke is using the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	4	33	l235	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	4	33	l235	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	4	33	fax1	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	there was a man	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	4	33	i93n		ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου	1	who had a spirit of an unclean demon	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
 LUK	4	33	e539	figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	he cried out with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -710,16 +710,16 @@ LUK	4	36	l238	figs-metonymy	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	What is this wor
 LUK	4	36	h7wx	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	What is this word?	The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	4	36	dgz3	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power	The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	4	37	q25f	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	And news about him went out	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-LUK	4	37	l239	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	4	37	l239	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	4	37	xca8	figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	4	38	l241	translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	**Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
 LUK	4	38	lls1	figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	38	cp21		ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
 LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	39	pla1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	4	39	pla1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	4	39	v8uf		ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς	1	standing over her	Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
 LUK	4	39	ed8r		ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν	1	he rebuked the fever, and it left her	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
 LUK	4	39	qtn7	figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	began to serve them	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ LUK	5	27	l266	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	In this context,
 LUK	5	27	b3tr	figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	**Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	5	28	phw9	figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	leaving everything behind	Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	5	28	abc0	figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	leaving everything behind, he got up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-LUK	5	29	l267	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	5	29	l267	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	5	29	g6yt	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his house	The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	5	29	ip2m	translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	reclining to eat	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	5	30	n82u	writing-pronouns	πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	to his disciples	In this case, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ LUK	8	41	avi8		ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	a ruler of the synagogu
 LUK	8	41	epa2	translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	falling at the feet of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	8	42	kq2v	figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	was dying	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	42	ymb1	figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he was going	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	42	l458	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	8	42	l458	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	42	kw2y		οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	the crowds were crowding around him	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
 LUK	8	43	l7pu	writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	there was a woman	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	8	43	h9uq	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	with a flow of blood	Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means
 LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	9	14	c9z5	figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	about 5,000 men	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	14	v44h		κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς	1	Have them recline to eat	Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
-LUK	9	15	l552	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	9	15	l552	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	9	15	xq6k	figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	thus they did, and made them all recline to eat	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	9	16	j39h		λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Then taking the five loaves	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
 LUK	9	16	j8y3	figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looking up to heaven	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ LUK	9	30	p3cd	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, Luke uses the word **behol
 LUK	9	31	g28p	figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	who were seen in glory	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	31	cur1	figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	his departure	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	9	31	l502		ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
-LUK	9	32	i29n	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	9	32	i29n	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	32	l503	figs-personification	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	9	32	tw7e	figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	they saw his glory	As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ LUK	11	12	e8hr	translate-unknown	σκορπίον	1	scorpion	A **scorpion** is a
 LUK	11	12	ls05	figs-explicit	σκορπίον	1	a scorpion	In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	13	g99r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	if you who are evil know	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	11	13	aww7	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will the Father who is from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	11	14	uyu1	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	11	14	uyu1	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	11	14	afa8	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν	1	he was driving out a mute demon	The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	14	l6cg	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	11	14	p72b	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος	1	when the demon had gone out	Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon **had gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ LUK	12	59	wi7m	figs-hypo	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expressi
 LUK	12	59	l841	figs-youcrowd	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	12	59	i124	translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	the very last lepton	A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	13	intro	xaa2			0		# Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
-LUK	13	1	t1fi	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	13	1	t1fi	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	1	l842	writing-participants	παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	some were present at that time who were reporting to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	1	l843	figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ LUK	13	8	l2ks		ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	leav
 LUK	13	8	st4w	translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	put on manure	The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	9	w5qh	figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	13	9	j4ul	figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	you will cut it down	The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK	13	10	p3el	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	13	10	p3el	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	10	c3j8		ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	on the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 LUK	13	11	l858	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	11	wn7u	writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	a woman	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ LUK	13	35	l926	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένο
 LUK	13	35	v6lj	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	God’s **name** represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	intro	xk3w			0		# Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15–24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
 LUK	14	1	dj2d	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	14	1	a3ya	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	14	1	a3ya	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	1	l89x	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	he	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	14	1	lh8g	figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	to eat bread	Luke refers to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	14	1	jst8	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	and they were watching him closely	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2479,9 +2479,9 @@ LUK	14	3	l931	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε
 LUK	14	3	l932	translate-unknown	τοὺς νομικοὺς	1	the lawyers	See how you translated **lawyers** in [7:45](../07/45.md). In this context, the term **lawyers** refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	3	qak4	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?	Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	4	pj9t		οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν	1	But they kept silent	Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
-LUK	14	4	l933	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	14	4	l933	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	14	4	x4lq	writing-pronouns	ἐπιλαβόμενος	1	taking hold of him	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	14	5	l934	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	14	5	l934	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	14	5	rr5z	figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day	Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	6	cti5		καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	And they were not able to give an answer to these things	Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
 LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο	1	he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blesse
 LUK	14	14	r6cp	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	they do not have to repay you	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	rd75		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	in the resurrection of the righteous	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
-LUK	14	15	cm12	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	14	15	cm12	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	15	h4wu	writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	14	15	l949	translate-unknown	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	15	a8pf	figs-synecdoche	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God	This man is using the word **bread** to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2570,7 +2570,7 @@ LUK	14	24	n867	figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	who were invite
 LUK	14	24	hl7q	figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	The master may be using the word **taste** to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	24	l984	figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	14	24	l966		μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	my supper	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
-LUK	14	25	l967	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	14	25	l967	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	25	gv94	writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	large crowds were journeying with him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	14	26	l968	figs-idiom	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με,	1	If anyone comes to me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	14	26	l969	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2608,14 +2608,14 @@ LUK	14	35	u9h3	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέ
 LUK	14	35	c5fb	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	14	35	l981	figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	15	intro	p1ba			0		# Luke 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the prodigal son<br><br>The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	15	1	yj6b	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	15	1	yj6b	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	15	1	l982	writing-participants	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	15	1	ss52	figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	15	2	l986	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	15	2	l986	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	2	l987	writing-participants	διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as [5:17–30](../05/17.md), the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	15	2	dd9b		οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται	1	This one receives sinners	Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
 LUK	15	2	ec2r	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one	This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	15	3	l988	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	15	3	l988	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	he spoke this parable to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ LUK	15	19	m009	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθ
 LUK	15	19	aug2	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	19	m010	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	19	up55	figs-imperative	ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	make me as one of your hired servants	This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	15	20	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	15	20	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	20	m011	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	he got up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	20	za3c		ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος	1	while he was still far away	This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
 LUK	15	20	a7ls	figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	was moved with compassion	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ LUK	15	32	due5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸ
 LUK	15	32	v55y	figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he had been lost, and was found	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	32	m046	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	and was found	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	intro	qz3g			0		# Luke 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)<br>2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)<br>3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
-LUK	16	1	m047	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	16	1	m047	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	16	1	p54g	writing-participants	ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	he also said to his disciples	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	1	r6ck	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	And he also said to his disciples	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	16	1	k6jv	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	There was a certain rich man who had a manager	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2790,7 +2790,7 @@ LUK	16	13	u1lk	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, κα
 LUK	16	13	ba2m		ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	be devoted to one	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
 LUK	16	13	dd9z		τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	despise the other	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
 LUK	16	13	pw7q	figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε…δουλεύειν	1	You are not able to serve	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	16	14	taq3	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	16	14	taq3	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	16	14	m067	writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	14	lbq9		φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες	1	who were lovers of money	Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
 LUK	16	15	zcqs		ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	the ones justifying yourselves	Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
@@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ LUK	18	14	qrg3	figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	rather than that one	T
 LUK	18	14	n7xr	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	uuc5	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	m221	figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	18	15	m260	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	18	15	m260	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	18	15	abcm	writing-pronouns	προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	they were bringing even the infants to him	Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	15	m222	translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	so that he might touch them	If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	18	15	kxd9	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	they were rebuking them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ LUK	18	42	m257		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has sav
 LUK	18	43	m258		ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	he followed him	Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
 LUK	18	43	d1kk		δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	glorifying God	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
 LUK	19	intro	zn2b			0		# Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
-LUK	19	1	j35m	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	19	1	j35m	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	19	1	m259	translate-names	Ἰερειχώ	1	Jericho	**Jericho** is the name of a city. See how you translated **Jericho** in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	2	m263	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	2	y5i5	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	a man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -3238,10 +3238,10 @@ LUK	19	2	z91v	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελών
 LUK	19	3	m3ux		ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν	1	he was trying to see Jesus, who he was	Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
 LUK	19	3	njt7	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	3	m266	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	4	k984	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	19	4	k984	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	4	pzr6	translate-unknown	συκομορέαν	1	a sycamore tree	This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	5	mr51		ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	when he came to the place	Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
-LUK	19	6	zrw4	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	19	6	zrw4	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	7	mit4	figs-hyperbole	πάντες διεγόγγυζον	1	they all complained	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	7	k2cl		παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι	1	He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man	Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
 LUK	19	7	yl4h		ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ	1	a sinful man	By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
@@ -3263,7 +3263,7 @@ LUK	19	10	myp2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son
 LUK	19	10	m275	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	10	m276	figs-123person	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	19	10	m277	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	Jesus is using the term **lost**. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	19	11	m278	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	19	11	m278	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	19	11	vue7	figs-parables	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	he proceeded to speak a parable	To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	19	11	m279	grammar-connect-logic-result	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	he proceeded to speak a parable	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	11	qs7z	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι	1	that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3369,7 +3369,7 @@ LUK	19	35	g49k		ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	mounted Jesus on
 LUK	19	36	m319	translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	they were spreading their cloaks on the road	The word **they** refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	19	36	lxj5	translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	they were spreading their cloaks on the road	This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	19	36	m320	translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	See how you translated **cloaks** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	19	37	ba9e	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	19	37	ba9e	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	19	37	t4nk		τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the descent of the Mount of Olives	Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
 LUK	19	37	m321	translate-names	τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the Mount of Olives	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	37	m322	figs-hendiadys	χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν	1	to rejoice and praise God	The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -3384,10 +3384,10 @@ LUK	19	38	vb29	figs-metaphor	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glor
 LUK	19	38	m327	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	19	38	m326	figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	The implication is that this **glory** is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	38	m328	figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	39	m329	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καί	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	19	39	m329	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καί	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	39	m330		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	19	39	yv21		ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	rebuke your disciples	Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
-LUK	19	40	m331	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	19	40	m331	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	40	m332	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	19	40	efm9		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	19	40	m333	figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	if these were silent, the stones would cry out	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ LUK	19	44	m341	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	your childre
 LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	44	f51h	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί	1	they will not leave stone upon stone in you	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	44	xv9n	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	you did not know the time of your visitation	Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	19	45	xq47	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	19	45	xq47	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	19	45	u91v	figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	entering into the temple	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	45	j6ce	figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	19	45	py1x		ἐκβάλλειν	1	drive out	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
@@ -3423,10 +3423,10 @@ LUK	19	46	uvf7	figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	God, speaking thr
 LUK	19	46	wac1	figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	46	ba8w	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	47	m344	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	19	47	mn6e	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	19	47	mn6e	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	19	47	m345	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	19	47	m346	figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	The term **first** represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	19	48	m347	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	19	48	m347	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	48	m348		οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	they were not finding that which they might do	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
 LUK	19	48	m349	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας	1	all the people	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	48	pnf9	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1	were hanging on him listening	Luke speaks of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ LUK	20	6	m357	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	the whole people	For emph
 LUK	20	6	m358	figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς	1	the … people	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	6	nns5	figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	stone us	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	20	7	ia28	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	20	7	ia28	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	7	w2bc	figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	they answered that they did not know from where	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	20	7	eeg7	figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	from where	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	20	8	d3bg	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Nor will I tell you	Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@ LUK	20	19	u4tz	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here Lu
 LUK	20	19	m372	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	and they feared the people	Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	20	19	u4ta	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	they feared the people	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	19	m373	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	20	20	m374	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	20	20	m374	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	20	f1en	writing-participants	ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους	1	they sent spies	Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	20	20	m375		ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι	1	who pretended themselves to be righteous	Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
 LUK	20	20	ml5w	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	that they might take hold of his word	Luke says that these religious leaders wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ LUK	20	44	zk2h	figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν
 LUK	20	44	k1tp	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	And how is he his son	Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	20	44	m427	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	44	m426	figs-metaphor	υἱός	1	son	Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	45	k3pf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	20	45	k3pf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	20	45	m420	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	20	46	m421	figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Beware of the scribes	Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	46	ang2	translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	who desire to walk in long robes	In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -3619,7 +3619,7 @@ LUK	20	47	g67x		προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται	1	for a pr
 LUK	20	47	zpp5	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	47	zpx5	figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	intro	ny7d			0		# Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
-LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	21	1	m425	writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ LUK	21	36	m487	figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν το
 LUK	21	36	h83d	figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	and to stand before the Son of Man	Here, **stand** is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in [Psalm 130:3](../psa/130/03.md), “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	36	m488	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	21	36	m489	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	37	tfe8	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+LUK	21	37	tfe8	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 LUK	21	37	zh1m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	21	37	m490	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	37	m491	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -3791,12 +3791,12 @@ LUK	21	38	bky8	figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	were get
 LUK	21	38	cbx2	figs-explicit	ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	to hear him	The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	38	m493	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	intro	y8nr			0		# Luke 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)<br>2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)<br>3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)<br>4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)<br>5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”<br><br>Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	22	1	q8fa	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+LUK	22	1	q8fa	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	22	1	jjy9	figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the Festival of Unleavened Bread	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	1	m494	figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	which is called the Passover	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	1	m495	translate-names	Πάσχα	1	Passover	**Passover** is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	1	u5jm		ἤγγιζεν	1	was coming near	Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
-LUK	22	2	m496	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	22	2	m496	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	22	2	n9v6	figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	how they might kill him	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	2	aij5	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	for they were fearing the people	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	2	m497	figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	the people	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3832,7 +3832,7 @@ LUK	22	11	pq8q	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is telling Pe
 LUK	22	12	lpw6		κἀκεῖνος	1	and that one	Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
 LUK	22	12	lg2z	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	22	13	m507	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	22	13	m507	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	13	g9ty	figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	they went	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	13	m508	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	14	j1dn	figs-idiom	ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα	1	when the hour came	Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ LUK	22	56	fxz3	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν
 LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	57	dzq9		ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	But he denied it	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
 LUK	22	57	vdm1		γύναι	1	Woman	Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
-LUK	22	58	m583	writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	another	Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	22	58	m583	writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	another	Luke uses the word **another** to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	22	58	i65s		καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ	1	You are also of them	Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
 LUK	22	58	cyv7		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	Peter addresses this person as **Man** because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
 LUK	22	59	m584		διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς	1	about one hour having passed	You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
@@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ LUK	22	71	m596	grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμ
 LUK	22	71	lpm4	figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	intro	p6wq			0		# Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	23	1	pi3d	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	23	1	pi3d	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	23	1	sgf1	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	the whole multitude of them	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	23	1	mvn9	figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	rose up	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	1	k4aa	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	to Pilate	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4133,7 +4133,7 @@ LUK	23	22	m616	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσ
 LUK	23	23	sni4	figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	with loud voices	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	23	pst8	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	for him to be crucified	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	23	pgz9	figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	their voices prevailed	Luke speaks of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	23	24	m617	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	23	24	m617	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	24	tfw2		γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	for their demand to happen	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
 LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	25	t66f	figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -4175,7 +4175,7 @@ LUK	23	31	m631	figs-metonymy	ξύλῳ	1	tree	Jesus is using the term **tree** t
 LUK	23	31	m632	translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	tree	A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	31	zt5s	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	23	32	m636	writing-participants	ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	And others, two criminals, were also being led away	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@ LUK	23	33	i3vx	writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucif
 LUK	23	33	m640	translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	33	bjr2	figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	one at the right and one at the left	Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	34	m641	translate-textvariants		0	But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing”	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	23	34	m642	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	23	34	m642	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	23	34	m643	grammar-connect-logic-result		0	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	34	m644	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples		0	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	23	34	m645	figs-imperative		0	forgive them	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -4299,7 +4299,7 @@ LUK	24	2	t4mf	figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	the stone	Luke assumes that his
 LUK	24	3	m684		εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	having entered	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
 LUK	24	3	elq2	figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus	You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	4	bmt4	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	24	4	m685	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	and	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+LUK	24	4	m685	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	and	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	24	4	m686	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	5	c11i	writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	as they became terrified … they said to them	The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	5	n5xf	translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	bowed their faces toward the ground	Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -4328,7 +4328,7 @@ LUK	24	10	h1ml	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this phrase to introduce
 LUK	24	10	m697	translate-names	Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία	1	Mary Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated her name in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	10	m698	translate-names	Ἰωάννα	1	Joanna	**Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	10	m699	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου	1	Mary the mother of James	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	24	11	m700	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	24	11	m700	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	24	11	apl7	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	these words	Luke is using the term **words** to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	11	m701	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	before them	Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	11	m702	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	and	This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -4397,14 +4397,14 @@ LUK	24	27	g4t7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses
 LUK	24	27	m737		καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	and from all the prophets	The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
 LUK	24	28	m738	figs-verbs	ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο	1	they drew near to the village where they were going	The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	28	cdj2	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι	1	he acted as if he would travel farther	This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	29	m739	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	24	29	m739	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	24	29	m740	figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς	1	they urged … us … them	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	29	pn4d	figs-ellipsis	παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν	1	they urged him	Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	24	29	m741	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	29	s6ps	figs-parallelism	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	it is toward evening and the day has already declined	These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	24	29	m742	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	it is toward evening and the day has already declined	The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	29	m743	figs-metonymy	κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	the day has already declined	The disciples are referring to the sun as **the day**, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	24	29	tgi6	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	24	29	tgi6	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	24	30	k6ud	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	24	30	m744	translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	when he had reclined at the table with them	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	24	30	ecm2		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed it	Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”